blob: d7dedc61697c249c4ebaa12943bc60f30638267f [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000026#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000027#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000030#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000032#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000033
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000034using namespace clang;
35
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
44
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000045enum FloatingRank {
46 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
47};
48
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000049void
50ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
51 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
54 // FIXME: Parameter pack
55
56 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
57 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
58 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
59 PEnd = Params->end();
60 P != PEnd; ++P) {
61 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
62 ID.AddInteger(0);
63 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
64 continue;
65 }
66
67 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(1);
69 // FIXME: Parameter pack
70 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
75 ID.AddInteger(2);
76 Profile(ID, TTP);
77 }
78}
79
80TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
81ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
83 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
84 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
86 void *InsertPos = 0;
87 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
88 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
89 if (Canonical)
90 return Canonical->getParam();
91
92 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
93 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
94 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
95 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
96 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
97 PEnd = Params->end();
98 P != PEnd; ++P) {
99 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
100 CanonParams.push_back(
101 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
102 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
103 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
104 TTP->isParameterPack()));
105 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
106 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
107 CanonParams.push_back(
108 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
109 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
110 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
111 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
112 0));
113 else
114 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
115 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
116 }
117
118 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
119 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
120 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
121 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
122 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
123 SourceLocation(),
124 CanonParams.data(),
125 CanonParams.size(),
126 SourceLocation()));
127
128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
129 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
130 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
131 (void)Canonical;
132
133 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
134 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
135 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
136 return CanonTTP;
137}
138
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000139CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000140 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
141
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000142 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000143 case CXXABI_ARM:
144 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
145 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000146 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000147 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
148 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
149 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000150 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000151}
152
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000153ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000154 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000155 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000156 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000157 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000158 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
159 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000160 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000162 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000163 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000164 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000165 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000166 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000167 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
168 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis440ea322010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000169 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000170 LastSDM(0, 0),
171 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000172 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
173 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000174 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000176 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000177 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000178}
179
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000180ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000181 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
182 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
183 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000184
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000185 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
186 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
187 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000188
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000189 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
190 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
191 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
193 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000194
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000195 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000196 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
197 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
198 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
199 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
200 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
201 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
202 R->Destroy(*this);
203
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000204 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
205 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
206 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
207 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
208 R->Destroy(*this);
209 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000210
211 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
212 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
213 A != AEnd; ++A)
214 A->second->~AttrVec();
215}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000216
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000217void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
218 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
219}
220
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000222ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
223 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
224}
225
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000226void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
227 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
228 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000229
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000230 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000232#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
233#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
234 0 // Extra
235 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000236
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
238 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000239 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000240 }
241
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000242 unsigned Idx = 0;
243 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
244#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
245 if (counts[Idx]) \
246 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
247 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
248 ++Idx;
249#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
250#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000252 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000253
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000254 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000255 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
257 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000258 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
260 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000261 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
263 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000264 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
265 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
266
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000267 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
268 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
269 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
270 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000271
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000272 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000273}
274
275
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000276void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000277 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000278 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000279 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000280}
281
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000282void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
283 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000285 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000286 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000289 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000290 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000291 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000292 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
293 else
294 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000295 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000296 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
297 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
298 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
300 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000302 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
307 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000309 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000310 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
311 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
312 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000313
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000314 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
315 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
316 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
317
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000318 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
319 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
320 else // C99
321 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000322
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000323 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
324 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
325 else // C99
326 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
327
328 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
329 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
330 else // C99
331 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
332
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
334 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
335 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
336 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
337 // expressions.
338 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000340 // Placeholder type for functions.
341 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
342
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlsson082acde2009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000344 // not yet been deduced.
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000348 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
349 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
350 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000351
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000352 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000354 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
355 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
356 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000357 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000359 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000363
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000364 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000365
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000366 // void * type
367 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000368
369 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
370 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000371}
372
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000373Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
374 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
375}
376
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000377AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
378 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
379 if (!Result) {
380 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
381 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
382 }
383
384 return *Result;
385}
386
387/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
388void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
390 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
391 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
392 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
393 }
394}
395
396
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000397MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000398ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000399 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000400 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000401 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
402 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
403 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000405 return Pos->second;
406}
407
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000409ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
411 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000412 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
414 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
415 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000416 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000417 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000418}
419
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000420NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000421ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000423 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
424 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000425 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000427 return Pos->second;
428}
429
430void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000431ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
432 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
434 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
435 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
436 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
437 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
438}
439
440UsingShadowDecl *
441ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
442 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
443 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
444 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
445 return 0;
446
447 return Pos->second;
448}
449
450void
451ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
452 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
453 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
454 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000455}
456
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000457FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
458 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
459 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
461 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
467 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
468 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
470 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
471 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000473 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
474}
475
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000476ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
477ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
478 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
479 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
480 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second.begin();
484}
485
486ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
487ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
488 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
489 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
490 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
491 return 0;
492
493 return Pos->second.end();
494}
495
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000496unsigned
497ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
498 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
499 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
500 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
501 return 0;
502
503 return Pos->second.size();
504}
505
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000506void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
507 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
508 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
509}
510
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// Type Sizing and Analysis
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000514
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000515/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
516/// scalar floating point type.
517const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000518 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000519 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
520 switch (BT->getKind()) {
521 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
522 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
525 }
526}
527
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
530/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000531/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
532/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000533CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000534 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
535
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000536 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
537 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
538 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000540 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
541 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
542 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
543 //
544 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
545 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
546 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
547 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
548 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
549 } else {
550 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
551 }
552 }
553
554 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
555 // ignore type of value
556 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000557 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000558 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000559 if (RefAsPointee)
560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
561 else
562 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
563 }
564 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000565 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
566 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
567 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
568 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
569 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
570 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
571 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
572 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
573 }
Anders Carlsson9b5038e2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000574 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
576 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
577
578 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
579 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000580 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
581 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
582 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
583 Align = std::min(Align,
584 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
585 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000586 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000587
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000588 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000589}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000590
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000591std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
592ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
594 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
595 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
596}
597
598std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
599ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
600 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
601}
602
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000603/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
604/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605///
606/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
607/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
608/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000609std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000610ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000611 uint64_t Width=0;
612 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000613 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000614#define TYPE(Class, Base)
615#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000616#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000617#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
618#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000619 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000620 break;
621
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000622 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
623 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000624 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
625 Width = 0;
626 Align = 32;
627 break;
628
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000630 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 Width = 0;
632 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
633 break;
634
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000635 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000636 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000640 Align = EltInfo.second;
641 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000642 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000643 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000644 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000645 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
647 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000648 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000649 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
650 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000651 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000652 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
653 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
654 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000655 break;
656 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000657
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000658 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000659 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000660 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000661 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000662 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
663 Width = 0;
664 Align = 8;
665 break;
666
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
669 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000671 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
672 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
673 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000675 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
676 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000677 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000678 case BuiltinType::WChar:
679 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
680 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
681 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000682 case BuiltinType::Char16:
683 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
684 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
685 break;
686 case BuiltinType::Char32:
687 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
688 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
689 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000690 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000691 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000692 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
693 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000695 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000696 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000697 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
698 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000700 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000701 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000702 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
703 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000704 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000706 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000707 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
708 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000709 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Int128:
711 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
712 Width = 128;
713 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
714 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000715 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000716 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
717 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000718 break;
719 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000720 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
721 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000722 break;
723 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000724 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
725 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000727 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
728 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
729 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000730 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000731 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
733 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
734 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
735 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
736 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000737 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000738 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000739 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000740 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000741 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000742 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000743 case Type::BlockPointer: {
744 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
745 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
746 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
747 break;
748 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000749 case Type::LValueReference:
750 case Type::RValueReference: {
751 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
752 // the pointer route.
753 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
754 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
755 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
756 break;
757 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000758 case Type::Pointer: {
759 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000760 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000761 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
762 break;
763 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000764 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000765 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000767 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000768 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000769 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
770 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000771 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000772 case Type::Complex: {
773 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
774 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
779 break;
780 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000781 case Type::ObjCObject:
782 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000783 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000784 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000785 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
786 Width = Layout.getSize();
787 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
788 break;
789 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000791 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000792 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
793
794 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000795 Width = 1;
796 Align = 1;
797 break;
798 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000800 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000801 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
802
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000803 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000804 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
805 Width = Layout.getSize();
806 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000808 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000809
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000810 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000811 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
812 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000813
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000814 case Type::Typedef: {
815 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000816 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
817 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
818 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
819 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000820 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000821 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000822
823 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
824 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
825 .getTypePtr());
826
827 case Type::TypeOf:
828 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
829
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000830 case Type::Decltype:
831 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
832 .getTypePtr());
833
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000834 case Type::Elaborated:
835 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000837 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000839 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
840 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
841 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
842 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
843 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
844 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000846 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000847 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000848}
849
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000850/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
851/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
852CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000853 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000854}
855CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000856 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000857}
858
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000859/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000860/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
861CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
862 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
863}
864CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
865 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
866}
867
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000868/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
869/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
870/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
871/// a data type.
872unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
873 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000874
875 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000876 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000877 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
878 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
879 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
880 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
881
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000882 return ABIAlign;
883}
884
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000885/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
886/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
887///
888void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000889 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000890 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
891 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
892 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
893 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
894 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
895 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000896}
897
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000898/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
899/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
900/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
901/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
902/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000903///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000904void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
905 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000906 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000907 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
908 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
909 if (!leafClass) {
910 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
911 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000912 Ivars.push_back(*I);
913 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000914 else
915 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000916}
917
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000918/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
919/// those inherited by it.
920void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000921 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000922 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000923 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
924 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
925 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
926 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000928 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000929 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000930 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
931 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
933 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000934 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000935
936 // Categories of this Interface.
937 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
938 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
939 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
940 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
941 while (SD) {
942 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
943 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
944 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000945 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000946 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000947 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
948 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000949 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
951 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
952 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
953 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000954 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000955 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
956 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
957 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000958 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000959 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
960 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
961 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
962 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000963 }
964}
965
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000966unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
967 unsigned count = 0;
968 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000969 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
970 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000971 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
972
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000973 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
974 // includes synthesized ivars.
975 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000976 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
977
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000978 return count;
979}
980
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000981/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
982ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
983 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
984 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
985 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
986 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
987 return 0;
988}
989/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
990ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
991 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
992 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
993 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
994 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
995 return 0;
996}
997
998/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
999void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1000 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1001 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1002 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1003}
1004/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1005void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1006 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1007 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1008 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1009}
1010
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001011/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1012/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001013Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001014 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1015 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1016 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001017 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001018 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001019 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1020}
1021
1022/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1023void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1024 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001025 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1026 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001027 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1028}
1029
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001030/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001031///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001032/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001033/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1034///
1035/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1036/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1037/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001038TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001039 unsigned DataSize) {
1040 if (!DataSize)
1041 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1042 else
1043 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001044 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001045
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001046 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1047 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1048 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1049 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001050}
1051
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001052TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001053 SourceLocation L) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001054 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001055 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1056 return DI;
1057}
1058
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001059const ASTRecordLayout &
1060ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1061 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1062}
1063
1064const ASTRecordLayout &
1065ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1066 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1067}
1068
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001069//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1070// Type creation/memoization methods
1071//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1072
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001073QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1074 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1075 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1076
1077 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1078 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1079 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1080 void *InsertPos = 0;
1081 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1082 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1083 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1084 return T;
1085 }
1086
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001087 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001088 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1089 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1090 return T;
1091}
1092
1093QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1094 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1095 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1096
1097 QualifierCollector Quals;
1098 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1099 Quals.addVolatile();
1100
1101 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1102}
1103
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001104QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001105 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1106 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001107 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001108
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001109 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1110 // into one ExtQuals node.
1111 QualifierCollector Quals;
1112 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001113
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001114 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1115 // another one.
1116 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1117 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1118 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001120 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001121}
1122
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001123QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001124 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001125 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001126 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001127 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001129 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001130 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001131 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001132 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1133 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1134 }
1135 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001137 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1138 // into one ExtQuals node.
1139 QualifierCollector Quals;
1140 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001141
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001142 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1143 // another one.
1144 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1145 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1146 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001147
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001148 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001149}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001150
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001151static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1152 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001153 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001154 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1155 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001156 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001157 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1158 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001159
1160 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001161 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1162 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1163 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001164 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001165 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1166 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001167
1168 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregoreece0ea2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001169 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1170 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1171 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1172 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1173 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1174 return T;
1175
1176 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1177 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001178 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001179 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001180 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001181
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001182 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001183 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001184 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001185 } else {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001186 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001187 ResultType
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001188 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1189 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1190 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1191 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1192 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1193 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1194 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001195 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001196 }
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001197 } else
1198 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001199
1200 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1201}
1202
1203QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001204 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001205 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1206 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001207}
1208
1209QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001210 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001211 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1212 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001213}
1214
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001215QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1216 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1217 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1218 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1219}
1220
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001221/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1222/// number with the specified element type.
1223QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1224 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1225 // structure.
1226 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1227 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001228
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001229 void *InsertPos = 0;
1230 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1231 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001232
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001233 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1234 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1235 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001236 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001237 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001238
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001239 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1240 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001241 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001242 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001243 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001244 Types.push_back(New);
1245 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1246 return QualType(New, 0);
1247}
1248
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001249/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1250/// the specified type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001251QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001252 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1253 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001254 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001255 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001256
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001257 void *InsertPos = 0;
1258 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001259 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001260
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001261 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1262 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001263 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001264 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001265 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001267 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1268 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001269 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001270 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001271 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001272 Types.push_back(New);
1273 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001274 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001275}
1276
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001278/// a pointer to the specified block.
1279QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001280 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1281 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001282 // structure.
1283 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1284 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001285
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001286 void *InsertPos = 0;
1287 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1288 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1289 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001290
1291 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001292 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1293 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001294 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001295 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001296
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001297 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1298 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1299 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001300 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001301 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001302 BlockPointerType *New
1303 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001304 Types.push_back(New);
1305 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1306 return QualType(New, 0);
1307}
1308
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001309/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1310/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001311QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001312 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1313 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001314 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001315 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001316
1317 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001318 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1319 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001320 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001321
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001322 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1323
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001324 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1325 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1326 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001327 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1328 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1329 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001330
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001331 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001332 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1333 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001334 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001335 }
1336
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001337 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001338 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1339 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001340 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001341 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001342
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001343 return QualType(New, 0);
1344}
1345
1346/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1347/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1348QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1349 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1350 // structure.
1351 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001352 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001353
1354 void *InsertPos = 0;
1355 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1356 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1357 return QualType(RT, 0);
1358
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001359 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1360
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001361 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1362 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1363 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001364 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1365 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1366 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001367
1368 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1369 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1370 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1371 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1372 }
1373
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001374 RValueReferenceType *New
1375 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001376 Types.push_back(New);
1377 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001378 return QualType(New, 0);
1379}
1380
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001381/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1382/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001383QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001384 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1385 // structure.
1386 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1387 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1388
1389 void *InsertPos = 0;
1390 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1391 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1392 return QualType(PT, 0);
1393
1394 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1395 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1396 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001397 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001398 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1399
1400 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1401 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1402 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1403 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1404 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001405 MemberPointerType *New
1406 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001407 Types.push_back(New);
1408 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1409 return QualType(New, 0);
1410}
1411
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001413/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001415 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001416 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1417 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001418 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1419 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001420 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1421
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001422 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1423 // the target.
1424 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001425 ArySize =
1426 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001428 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001429 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001430
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001431 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001433 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001434 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001435
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001436 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1437 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001438 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001439 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001440 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001441 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001442 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001443 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001444 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001445 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001446 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001447
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001448 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1449 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001450 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001451 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001452 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001453}
1454
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001455/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1456/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1457QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1458 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1459 DeclarationName Name;
1460 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1461 QualType ATy = Ty;
1462 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1463 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1464 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1465 }
1466 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1467 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1468 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1469 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1470 }
1471 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1472 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1473 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1474 }
1475 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1476 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1477 0, SourceRange());
1478 }
1479 else
1480 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1481 }
1482 return ElemTy;
1483}
1484
1485/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1486/// are replaced with [*]
1487QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1488 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1489 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1490 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1491 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1492 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1493 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1494 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1495 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1496 }
1497 }
1498 }
1499 return Ty;
1500}
1501
1502
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001503/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1504/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001505QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1506 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001507 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001508 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1509 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001510 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1511 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001512 QualType CanonType;
1513
1514 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001515 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1516 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1517 }
1518
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001519 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001520 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001521
1522 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1523 Types.push_back(New);
1524 return QualType(New, 0);
1525}
1526
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001527/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1528/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001529/// type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001530QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1531 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001532 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001533 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1534 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001535 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1536 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001537 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1538
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001539 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001540 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001541 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001542
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001543 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001544 if (NumElts) {
1545 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1546 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1547 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001548 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM,
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001549 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1550
1551 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1552 }
1553
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001554 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1555 if (Canon) {
1556 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1557 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001558 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1559 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1560 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001561 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) {
1562 // This is a canonical type. Record it.
1563 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1564 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1565 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1566
1567 if (NumElts) {
1568#ifndef NDEBUG
1569 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1570 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1571 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1572 (void)CanonCheck;
1573#endif
1574 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001575 }
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001576 } else {
1577 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts,
1578 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1579 SourceRange());
1580 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1581 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1582 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001583 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001584
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001585 Types.push_back(New);
1586 return QualType(New, 0);
1587}
1588
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001589QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1590 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1591 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1592 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001593 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001594
1595 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001597 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1598 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1599
1600 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1601 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1602 QualType Canonical;
1603
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001604 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001605 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001606 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001607
1608 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1609 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1610 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001611 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001612 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001613
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001614 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1615 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001616
1617 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1618 Types.push_back(New);
1619 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001620}
1621
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001622/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1623/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001624QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001625 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001626 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001628 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1629 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001630
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001631 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1632 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001633 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001634
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001635 void *InsertPos = 0;
1636 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1637 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1638
1639 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1640 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1641 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001642 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001643 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001644
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001645 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1646 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001647 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001648 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001649 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001650 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001651 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1652 Types.push_back(New);
1653 return QualType(New, 0);
1654}
1655
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001656/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001657/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001658QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001659 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001660
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001661 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001662 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001664 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1665 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001666 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001667 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001668 void *InsertPos = 0;
1669 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1670 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1671
1672 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1673 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1674 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001675 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001676 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001677
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001678 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1679 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001680 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001681 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001682 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1683 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001684 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1685 Types.push_back(New);
1686 return QualType(New, 0);
1687}
1688
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001690 Expr *SizeExpr,
1691 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001692 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001694 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001695
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001696 void *InsertPos = 0;
1697 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1698 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1699 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1700 if (Canon) {
1701 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1702 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001703 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1704 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1705 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001706 } else {
1707 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1708 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001709 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1710 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1711 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001712
1713 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1714 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1715 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1716 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001717 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1718 } else {
1719 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1720 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001721 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1722 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001723 }
1724 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001726 Types.push_back(New);
1727 return QualType(New, 0);
1728}
1729
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001730/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001731///
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001732QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1733 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1734 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001735 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1736 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001737 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001738 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001739
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001740 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001741 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001742 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001743 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001744
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001745 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001746 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001747 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001748 Canonical =
1749 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1750 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001751
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001752 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001753 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1754 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001755 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001756 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001757
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001758 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001759 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001760 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001761 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001762 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001763}
1764
1765/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1766/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001767QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22c40fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001768 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001769 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1770 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001771 const QualType *ExArray,
1772 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregor7fb25412010-10-01 18:44:50 +00001773
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001774 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001775 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1776 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001777 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001778 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001779 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001780 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001781
1782 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001784 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001785 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001786
1787 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001788 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001789 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001790 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001791 isCanonical = false;
1792
1793 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001794 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001795 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001796 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001797 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001798 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1799 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001800 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001801
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001802 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001803 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf9bd4ec2009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001804 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001805 false, 0, 0,
1806 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001807
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001808 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001809 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1810 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001811 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001812 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001813
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001814 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001815 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1816 // end of them.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001817 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001818 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1819 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001820 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001821 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001822 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001823 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001824 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001825 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001826 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001827}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001828
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001829#ifndef NDEBUG
1830static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1831 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1832 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1833 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1834 return true;
1835 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1836 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1837 return true;
1838 return false;
1839}
1840#endif
1841
1842/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1843/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1844QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1845 QualType TST) {
1846 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1847 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1848 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001849 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001850 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1851 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1852 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1853 } else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001854 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1855 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001856 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1857 }
1858 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1859}
1860
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001861/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1862/// specified type declaration.
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001863QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001864 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001865 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001866
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001867 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001868 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001869
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001870 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1871 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1872
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001873 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001874 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1875 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1876 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001877 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001878 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001879 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1880 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001881 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001882 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001883 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1884 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001885 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001886 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001887
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001888 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001889 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001890}
1891
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00001892/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001893/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001894QualType
1895ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001896 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001897
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001898 if (Canonical.isNull())
1899 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001900 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1901 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Chris Lattnercceab1a2007-03-26 20:16:44 +00001902 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001903 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001904}
1905
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001906QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1907 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1908
1909 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1910 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1911 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1912
1913 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1914 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1915 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1916}
1917
1918QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1919 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1920
1921 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1922 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1923 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1924
1925 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1926 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1927 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1928}
1929
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001930/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1931QualType
1932ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1933 QualType Replacement) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001934 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001935 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1936
1937 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1938 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1939 void *InsertPos = 0;
1940 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1941 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1942
1943 if (!SubstParm) {
1944 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1945 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1946 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1947 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1948 }
1949
1950 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1951}
1952
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001953/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001955/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001957 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001958 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001959 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001960 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001961 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001963 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1964
1965 if (TypeParm)
1966 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001968 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001969 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001970 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1971 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001972
1973 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1974 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1975 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1976 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001977 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001978 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1979 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001980
1981 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1982 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1983
1984 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1985}
1986
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001987TypeSourceInfo *
1988ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1989 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1990 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1991 QualType CanonType) {
1992 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1993
1994 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1995 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1996 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1997 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1998 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1999 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2000 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2001 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2002 return DI;
2003}
2004
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002006ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002007 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002008 QualType Canon) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002009 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2010
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002011 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2012 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2013 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2014 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2015
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002016 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002017 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002018}
2019
2020QualType
2021ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002022 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2023 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002024 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002025 if (!Canon.isNull())
2026 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002027 else
2028 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002029
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002030 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2031 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2032 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002034 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002035 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002037 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002038 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002039 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002040
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002041 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002043}
2044
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002045QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002046ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2047 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2048 unsigned NumArgs) {
2049 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2050 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2051 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2052 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2053 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2054 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2055
2056 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2057 // exists.
2058 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2059 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2060 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2061
2062 void *InsertPos = 0;
2063 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2064 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2065
2066 if (!Spec) {
2067 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2068 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2069 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2070 TypeAlignment);
2071 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2072 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2073 QualType());
2074 Types.push_back(Spec);
2075 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2076 }
2077
2078 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2079 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2080 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2081}
2082
2083QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002084ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2085 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2086 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002087 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002088 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002089
2090 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002091 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002092 if (T)
2093 return QualType(T, 0);
2094
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002095 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2096 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2097 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002098 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2099 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002100 (void)CheckT;
2101 }
2102
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002103 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002104 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002105 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002106 return QualType(T, 0);
2107}
2108
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002109QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2110 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2111 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2112 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002113 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2114
2115 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2116 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002117 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2118 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2119 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2120
2121 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2122 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002123 }
2124
2125 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002126 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002127
2128 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002129 DependentNameType *T
2130 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002131 if (T)
2132 return QualType(T, 0);
2133
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002134 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002135 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002136 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002137 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002138}
2139
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002141ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2142 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002143 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002144 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2145 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2146 // TODO: avoid this copy
2147 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2148 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2149 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2150 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2151 ArgCopy.size(),
2152 ArgCopy.data());
2153}
2154
2155QualType
2156ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2157 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2158 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2159 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2160 unsigned NumArgs,
2161 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002162 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2163
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002164 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002165 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2166 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002167
2168 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002169 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2170 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002171 if (T)
2172 return QualType(T, 0);
2173
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002174 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002175
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002176 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2177 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2178
2179 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2180 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2181 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2182 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2183 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2184 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002185 }
2186
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002187 QualType Canon;
2188 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2189 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2190 Name, NumArgs,
2191 CanonArgs.data());
2192
2193 // Find the insert position again.
2194 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2195 }
2196
2197 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2198 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2199 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002200 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002201 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002202 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002203 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002204 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002205}
2206
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002207/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2208/// alphabetically.
2209static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2210 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002211 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002212}
2213
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002214static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002215 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2216 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2217
2218 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2219 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2220 return false;
2221 return true;
2222}
2223
2224static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002225 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2226 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002228 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2229 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2230
2231 // Remove duplicates.
2232 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2233 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2234}
2235
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002236QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2237 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2238 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2239 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2240 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2241 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2242 return BaseType;
2243
2244 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002245 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002246 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002247 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002248 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2249 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002250
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002251 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2252 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002253 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002254 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2255 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2256 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002257 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2258 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002259 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2260
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002261 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002262 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2263 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002264 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002265 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2266 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002267 }
2268
2269 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002270 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2271 }
2272
2273 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2274 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2275 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2276 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2277 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2278
2279 Types.push_back(T);
2280 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2281 return QualType(T, 0);
2282}
2283
2284/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2285/// the given object type.
2286QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2287 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2288 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2289
2290 void *InsertPos = 0;
2291 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2292 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2293 return QualType(QT, 0);
2294
2295 // Find the canonical object type.
2296 QualType Canonical;
2297 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2298 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2299
2300 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002301 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2302 }
2303
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002304 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002305 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2306 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2307 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002309 Types.push_back(QType);
2310 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002311 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002312}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002313
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002314/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2315/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2316QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2317 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2318 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002319
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002320 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2321 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2322 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2323 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2324 Types.push_back(T);
2325 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002326}
2327
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002328/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2329/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002330/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002331/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002332/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002333QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002334 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002335 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2336 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2337 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002338
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002339 void *InsertPos = 0;
2340 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2341 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2342 if (Canon) {
2343 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2344 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002345 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002346 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2347 }
2348 else {
2349 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002350 Canon
2351 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002352 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2353 toe = Canon;
2354 }
2355 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002356 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002357 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002358 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002359 Types.push_back(toe);
2360 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002361}
2362
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002363/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2364/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2365/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002367/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002368QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002369 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002370 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002371 Types.push_back(tot);
2372 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002373}
2374
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002375/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2376/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2377static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002378 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2379 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002380
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002381 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2382 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2383 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2384 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2385 return VD->getType();
2386 }
2387 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2388 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2389 return FD->getType();
2390 }
2391 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2392 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2393 // return type of that function.
2394 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2395 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002397 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398
2399 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002400 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002401 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002402 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002403
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002404 return T;
2405}
2406
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002407/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2408/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2409/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002411/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2412QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002413 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002414 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2415 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2416 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002417
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002418 void *InsertPos = 0;
2419 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2420 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2421 if (Canon) {
2422 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2423 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002424 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002425 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2426 }
2427 else {
2428 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002429 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002430 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2431 dt = Canon;
2432 }
2433 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002434 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002435 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002436 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002437 Types.push_back(dt);
2438 return QualType(dt, 0);
2439}
2440
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002441/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2442/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002443QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002444 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002445 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2446 // away const? mutable?
2447 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002448}
2449
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2451/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2452/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002453CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002454 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002455}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002456
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002457/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2458/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2459QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2460 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2461 return WCharTy;
2462}
2463
2464/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2465/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2466QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2467 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2468 return UnsignedIntTy;
2469}
2470
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002471/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2472/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2473QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002474 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002475}
2476
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002477//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2478// Type Operators
2479//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2480
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002481CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2482 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2483 // qualifiers.
2484 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002485 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002486 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002487 QualType Result;
2488 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2489 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2490 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2491 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2492 } else {
2493 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2494 }
2495
2496 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2497}
2498
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002499/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2500/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2501/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2502/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2503/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2504/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002505CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002506 QualifierCollector Quals;
2507 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2508 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002510 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2511 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2512
2513 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2514 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002515 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002516
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002517 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2518 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2519 // type.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002520 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2521 if (!AT)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002522 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002523
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002524 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2525 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002526 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002527 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002529 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002530 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2531 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2532 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002533 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002534 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002535 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2536 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002537 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002538
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002539 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002540 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2541 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002542 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002543 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002544 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor326b2fa2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002545 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002546
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002547 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002548 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002549 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002550 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002551 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002552 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002553}
2554
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002555QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2556 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002557 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002558 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2559 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002560 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002561 }
2562
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002563 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xucd321a32010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002564 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002565 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2566 return T;
2567
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002568 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002569 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2570 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2571 }
2572
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002573 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002574 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2575 }
2576
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002577 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2578 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002579 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002580 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2581 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2582 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2583 }
2584
2585 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002586 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002587 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2588 SourceRange());
2589}
2590
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002591/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2592/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2593/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2594/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2595/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2596/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2597/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2598/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2599bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2600 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2601 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2602 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2603 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2604 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2605 return true;
2606 }
2607
2608 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2609 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2610 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2611 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2612 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2613 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2614 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2615 return true;
2616 }
2617
2618 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2619 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2620 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2621 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2622 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2623 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2624 return true;
2625 }
2626 }
2627
2628 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2629
2630 return false;
2631}
2632
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002633DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2634 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002635 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002636 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2637 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2638
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002639 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002640 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002641 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002642 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2643 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002644 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002645 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2646 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2647 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2648 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2649 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2650 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002651 }
2652 }
2653
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002654 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2655 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002656 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2657 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002658}
2659
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002660TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002661 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2662 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2663 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2664 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2665
2666 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002667 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002668 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002669
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002670 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002672 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2673 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2674 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2675}
2676
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002677bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2678 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2679 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2680 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2681}
2682
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002683TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002684ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2685 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2686 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2687 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002688
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002689 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002690 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002691
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002692 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002693 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002694
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002695 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2696 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2697
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002698 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002699 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002700 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002701
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002702 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002703 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002705 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002706 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2707 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002708 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002709 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002710 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2711 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2712 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002713
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002714 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002715 }
2716 }
2717
2718 // Silence GCC warning
2719 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2720 return TemplateArgument();
2721}
2722
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002723NestedNameSpecifier *
2724ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002726 return 0;
2727
2728 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2729 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2730 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002732 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2733 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2734
2735 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2736 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2737 // this namespace and no prefix.
2738 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2739
2740 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2741 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2742 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002743
2744 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
2745 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
2746 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
2747 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
2748 // types, e.g.,
2749 // typedef typename T::type T1;
2750 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
2751 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
2752 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2753 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
2754 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
2755 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
2756 }
2757
Douglas Gregorcc10cbf2010-11-04 00:14:23 +00002758 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002759 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
2760 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
2761 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2762 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
2763 TemplateName Name
2764 = getDependentTemplateName(Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier());
2765 T = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name,
2766 DTST->getArgs(), DTST->getNumArgs());
2767 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2768 }
2769
2770 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, T.getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002771 }
2772
2773 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2774 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2775 return NNS;
2776 }
2777
2778 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2779 return 0;
2780}
2781
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002782
2783const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2784 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002785 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002786 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2787 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2788 return AT;
2789 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002791 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002792 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002793 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002794 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002795
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002796 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002797 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2798 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002799
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002800 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2801 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002802 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002804 QualifierCollector Qs;
2805 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002807 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2808 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002809 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002810 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002812 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2813 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2814 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2815 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002816 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002817
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002818 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2819 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2820 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002821 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002822 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2823 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2824 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002825 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002826
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002828 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2829 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002830 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002831 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002832 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002833 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002834 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002835
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002836 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002837 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002838 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002839 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002840 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002841 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002842}
2843
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002844/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2845/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2846/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2847/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2848///
2849/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2850QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002851 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2852 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2853 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2854 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2855 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2856 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002857
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002858 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002859
2860 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002861 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002862}
2863
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002864QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002865 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002866 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2867 QT = AT->getElementType();
2868 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002869}
2870
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002871QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2872 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002874 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2875 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002876
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002877 return ElemTy;
2878}
2879
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002880/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002881uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002882ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2883 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2884 do {
2885 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2886 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2887 } while (CA);
2888 return ElementCount;
2889}
2890
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002891/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2892/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002893static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002894 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002895 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002896
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002897 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2898 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002899 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002900 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2901 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2902 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002903 }
2904}
2905
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002906/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2907/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002908/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2909/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002910QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2911 QualType Domain) const {
2912 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2913 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2914 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002915 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002916 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2917 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2918 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2919 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002920 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002921
2922 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2923 switch (EltRank) {
2924 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2925 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2926 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2927 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002928 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002929}
2930
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002931/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2932/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2933/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002934/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002935int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2936 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2937 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002938
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002939 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002940 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002941 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002942 return 1;
2943 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002944}
2945
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002946/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2947/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2948/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002949unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002950 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002951 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002952 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002953
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002954 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2955 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2956
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002957 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2958 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2959
2960 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2961 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2962
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002963 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002964 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2965 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002966 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002967 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2968 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2969 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2970 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002971 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002972 case BuiltinType::Short:
2973 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002974 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002975 case BuiltinType::Int:
2976 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002977 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002978 case BuiltinType::Long:
2979 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002980 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002981 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2982 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002983 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002984 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2985 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2986 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002987 }
2988}
2989
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002990/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2991/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2992///
2993/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2994/// promotion occurs.
2995QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002996 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2997 return QualType();
2998
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002999 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3000 if (!Field)
3001 return QualType();
3002
3003 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3004
3005 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3006 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3007 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3008 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3009 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3010 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3011 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3012 return IntTy;
3013
3014 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3015 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3016
3017 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3018 // like the base type.
3019 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3020 // is ridiculous.
3021 return QualType();
3022}
3023
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003024/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3025/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3026/// integer type.
3027QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
3028 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3029 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003030 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3031 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003032 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3033 return IntTy;
3034 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3035 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3036 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3037 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3038}
3039
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003040/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003041/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003042/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003043int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003044 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3045 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003046 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003048 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3049 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003050
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003051 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3052 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003053
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003054 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3055 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3056 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3057 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003059 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3060 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3061 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3062 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3063 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003064
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003065 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3066 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003068 return -1;
3069 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003070
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003071 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3072 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3073 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003075 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3076 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003077 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003078 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003079}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003080
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003081static RecordDecl *
3082CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3083 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3084 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3085 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3086 else
3087 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3088}
3089
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003090// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003091QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3092 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003093 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003094 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003095 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003096 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003097
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003098 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003099
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003100 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003101 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003102 // int flags;
3103 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003104 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003105 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003106 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3108
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003109 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003110 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003112 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003113 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003114 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003115 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003116 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003117 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003118 }
3119
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003120 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003121 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003123 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003124}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003125
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003126void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003127 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003128 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3129 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3130}
3131
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003132// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3133QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3134 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3135 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003136 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003137 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3138 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3139
3140 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3141
3142 // const int *isa;
3143 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3144 // const char *str;
3145 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3146 // unsigned int length;
3147 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3148
3149 // Create fields
3150 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3151 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3152 SourceLocation(), 0,
3153 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3154 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3155 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003156 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003157 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3158 }
3159
3160 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3161 }
3162
3163 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3164}
3165
3166void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3167 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3168 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3169 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3170}
3171
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003172QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003173 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003174 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003175 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003176 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003177 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003178
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003179 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3180 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003181 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003182 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3183 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3184 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3185 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003186
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003187 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003188 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3189 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3190 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003191 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003192 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003193 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003194 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003195 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003196 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003197
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003198 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003199 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003200
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003201 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3202}
3203
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003204QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3205 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3206 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3207
3208 RecordDecl *T;
3209 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003210 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003211 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003212 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003213
3214 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3215 UnsignedLongTy,
3216 UnsignedLongTy,
3217 };
3218
3219 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3220 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003221 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003222 };
3223
3224 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3225 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3226 T,
3227 SourceLocation(),
3228 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003229 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003230 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3231 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003232 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003233 T->addDecl(Field);
3234 }
3235
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003236 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003237
3238 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3239
3240 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3241}
3242
3243void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3244 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3245 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3246 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3247}
3248
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003249QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3250 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3251 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3252
3253 RecordDecl *T;
3254 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003255 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003256 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003257 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003258
3259 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3260 UnsignedLongTy,
3261 UnsignedLongTy,
3262 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3263 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3264 };
3265
3266 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3267 "reserved",
3268 "Size",
3269 "CopyFuncPtr",
3270 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3271 };
3272
3273 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3274 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3275 T,
3276 SourceLocation(),
3277 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003278 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003279 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3280 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003281 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003282 T->addDecl(Field);
3283 }
3284
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003285 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003286
3287 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3288
3289 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3290}
3291
3292void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3293 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3294 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3295 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3296}
3297
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003298bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3299 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3300 return true;
3301 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3302 return true;
3303 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3304 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003305 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3306 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3307 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3308 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3309
3310 }
3311 }
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003312 return false;
3313}
3314
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003315QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003316 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003317 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003318 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003319 // unsigned int __flags;
3320 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003321 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3322 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003323 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003324 // } *
3325
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003326 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3327
3328 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003329 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3330 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3331 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003332 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003333 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003334 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003335 T->startDefinition();
3336 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3337 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3338 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3339 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3340 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3341 Int32Ty,
3342 Int32Ty,
3343 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3344 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3345 Ty
3346 };
3347
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003348 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003349 "__isa",
3350 "__forwarding",
3351 "__flags",
3352 "__size",
3353 "__copy_helper",
3354 "__destroy_helper",
3355 DeclName,
3356 };
3357
3358 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3359 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3360 continue;
3361 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3362 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003363 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003364 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003365 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003366 T->addDecl(Field);
3367 }
3368
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003369 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003370
3371 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003372}
3373
3374
3375QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003376 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003377 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3378
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003379 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003380 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3381 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3382 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003383 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003384 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003385 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003386 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003387 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3388 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3389 IntTy,
3390 IntTy,
3391 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003392 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3393 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3394 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003395 };
3396
3397 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3398 "__isa",
3399 "__flags",
3400 "__reserved",
3401 "__FuncPtr",
3402 "__descriptor"
3403 };
3404
3405 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003406 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003407 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003408 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003409 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003410 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003411 T->addDecl(Field);
3412 }
3413
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003414 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3415 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003416
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003417 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3418 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3419 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3420 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3421 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3422 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3423 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3424 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003425 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003426 } else {
3427 // Padding.
3428 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3429 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3430 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3431 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3432 }
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003433
3434 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003435 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003436 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003437 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003438 T->addDecl(Field);
3439 }
3440
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003441 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003442
3443 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003444}
3445
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003446void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003447 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003448 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3449 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3450}
3451
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003452// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3453// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003454static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003455 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003456 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3457 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003459 return false;
3460}
3461
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003462/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003463/// purpose.
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003464CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003465 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003466
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003467 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003468 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003469 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003470 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3471 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003472 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003473 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003474}
3475
3476static inline
3477std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3478 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003479}
3480
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003481/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003482/// declaration.
3483void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3484 std::string& S) {
3485 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3486 QualType BlockTy =
3487 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3488 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003489 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003490 // Compute size of all parameters.
3491 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3492 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3493 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003494 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3495 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003496 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003497 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3498 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003499 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003500 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003501 ParmOffset += sz;
3502 }
3503 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003504 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003505 // Block pointer and offset.
3506 S += "@?0";
3507 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3508
3509 // Argument types.
3510 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3511 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3512 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3513 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3514 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3515 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3516 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3517 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3518 // elements.
3519 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3520 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3521 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3522 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3523 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003524 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003525 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003526 }
3527}
3528
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003529/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003530/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003531void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003532 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003533 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003534 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003535 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003536 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003537 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003538 // Compute size of all parameters.
3539 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3540 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3541 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003542 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003543 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3544 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003545 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003546 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003547 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003548 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003549 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003550 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3551 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003552 ParmOffset += sz;
3553 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003554 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003555 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003556 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003558 // Argument types.
3559 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003560 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003561 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003562 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003563 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003564 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003565 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3566 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3567 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003568 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003569 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3570 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3571 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003572 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003573 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003574 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003575 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003576 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003577 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003578 }
3579}
3580
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003581/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003582/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003583/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3584/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3586/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3587/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3588/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3589/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003590/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3591/// @code
3592/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3593/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3594/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3595/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3596/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3597/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3598/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3599/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3600/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3601/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3602/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3603/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3604/// };
3605/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003606void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003607 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003608 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003609 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3610 bool Dynamic = false;
3611 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3612
3613 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3614 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003615 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003616 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3617 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003618 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003619 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003620 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3621 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3622 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3623 Dynamic = true;
3624 } else {
3625 SynthesizePID = PID;
3626 }
3627 }
3628 }
3629 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003630 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003631 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003632 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003633 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003634 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3635 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3636 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3637 Dynamic = true;
3638 } else {
3639 SynthesizePID = PID;
3640 }
3641 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003642 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003643 }
3644 }
3645
3646 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3647 S = "T";
3648
3649 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003650 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3651 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003652 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003653 true /* outermost type */,
3654 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003655
3656 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3657 S += ",R";
3658 } else {
3659 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3660 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3661 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003662 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003663 }
3664 }
3665
3666 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3667 // are "dynamic by default".
3668 if (Dynamic)
3669 S += ",D";
3670
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003671 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3672 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003673
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003674 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3675 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003676 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003677 }
3678
3679 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3680 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003681 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003682 }
3683
3684 if (SynthesizePID) {
3685 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3686 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003687 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003688 }
3689
3690 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3691}
3692
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003693/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003694/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3695/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003696/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3697///
3698void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003699 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003700 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003701 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3702 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003703 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003704 else
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003705 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3706 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003707 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3708 }
3709 }
3710}
3711
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003712void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003713 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003714 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3715 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3716 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3717 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003718 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003719 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003720}
3721
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003722static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3723 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3724 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3725 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3726 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3727 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3728 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3729 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3730 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3731 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3732 return
3733 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3734 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3735 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3736 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3737 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3738 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCalldad856d2010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003739 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003740 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3741 case BuiltinType::Long:
3742 return
3743 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3744 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3745 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3746 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3747 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003748 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003749 }
3750}
3751
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003752static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003753 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003754 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3755 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3756 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003757 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003758 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3759 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3760 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3761 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3762 //
3763 // struct
3764 // {
3765 // int integer;
3766 // int flags:2;
3767 // };
3768 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3769 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3770 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3771 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3772 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3773 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3774 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3775 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3776 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3777 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3778 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3779 unsigned i = 0;
3780 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3781 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3782 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3783 if (*Field == FD)
3784 break;
3785 }
3786 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3787 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3788 }
3789 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003790 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3791}
3792
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003793// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003794void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3795 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3796 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003797 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003798 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003799 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003800 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003801 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003802 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3803 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003804 return;
3805 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003806
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003807 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003808 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003809 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003810 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003811 return;
3812 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003813
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003814 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3815 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003816 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003817 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3818 S += ':';
3819 return;
3820 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003821 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3822 }
3823 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3824 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3825 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003826 bool isReadOnly = false;
3827 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3828 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3829 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003830 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003831 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003832 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3833 isReadOnly = true;
3834 S += 'r';
3835 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003836 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003837 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003838 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3839 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003840 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3841 isReadOnly = true;
3842 S += 'r';
3843 }
3844 }
3845 if (isReadOnly) {
3846 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3847 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3848 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003849 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3850 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003851 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003852
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003853 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3854 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3855 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003856 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003857 S += '*';
3858 return;
3859 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003860 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003861 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3862 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3863 S += '#';
3864 return;
3865 }
3866 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3867 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3868 S += '@';
3869 return;
3870 }
3871 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003872 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003873 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003874 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3875
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003876 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003877 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003878 return;
3879 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003880
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003881 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3882 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3883 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003884 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3885 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3886 S += '^';
3887
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003888 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003889 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3890 } else {
3891 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003892
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003893 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3894 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3895 else {
3896 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3897 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3898 S += '0';
3899 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900
3901 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003902 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3903 S += ']';
3904 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003905 return;
3906 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003907
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003908 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003909 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003910 return;
3911 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003913 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003914 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003915 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003916 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3917 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3918 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003919 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3920 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3921 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3922 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3923 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003924 TemplateArgs.data(),
3925 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003926 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3927
3928 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3929 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003930 } else {
3931 S += '?';
3932 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003933 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003934 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003935 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3936 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003937 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003938 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003939 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003940 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003941 S += '"';
3942 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003943
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003944 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003945 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003946 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003947 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003948 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003949 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3950 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003951 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003952 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003953 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003954 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003955 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003956 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003957 return;
3958 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00003959
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003960 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003961 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003962 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003963 else
3964 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003965 return;
3966 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003967
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003968 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003969 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003970 return;
3971 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003972
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003973 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3974 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3975 T = OT->getBaseType();
3976
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003977 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003978 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003979 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003980 S += '{';
3981 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3982 S += II->getName();
3983 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003984 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
3985 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
3986 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3987 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
3988 if (Field->isBitField())
3989 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003990 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003991 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003992 }
3993 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003994 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003995 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003996
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003997 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003998 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3999 S += '@';
4000 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004001 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004002
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004003 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4004 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4005 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4006 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004007 S += '#';
4008 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004009 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004011 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004012 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004013 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4014 ExpandStructures, FD);
4015 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4016 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4017 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004018 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004019 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4020 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004021 S += '<';
4022 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4023 S += '>';
4024 }
4025 S += '"';
4026 }
4027 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004028 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004029
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004030 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4031 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4032 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4033 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004035 // {...};
4036 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004037 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4038 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004039 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004040 return;
4041 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004042
4043 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004044 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004045 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004046 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004047 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4048 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004049 S += '<';
4050 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4051 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004052 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004053 S += '"';
4054 }
4055 return;
4056 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004057
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004058 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4059 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4060 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4061 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004062
4063 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4064 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4065 // insufficient.
4066 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4067 return;
4068 }
4069
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004070 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004071}
4072
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004073void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004074 std::string& S) const {
4075 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4076 S += 'n';
4077 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4078 S += 'N';
4079 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4080 S += 'o';
4081 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4082 S += 'O';
4083 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4084 S += 'R';
4085 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4086 S += 'V';
4087}
4088
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004089void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004090 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004091
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004092 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4093}
4094
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004095void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004096 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004097}
4098
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004099void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004100 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004101}
4102
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004103void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004104 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004105}
4106
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004107void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004108 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004109}
4110
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004111void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004112 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004113 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004115 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004116}
4117
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004118/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4119/// lookup.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004120TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4121 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004122 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4123 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4124
4125 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4126 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4127 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4128
4129 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004130 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004131 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4132 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4133 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4134 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4135 *Storage++ = D;
4136 }
4137
4138 return TemplateName(OT);
4139}
4140
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004141/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4142/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004144 bool TemplateKeyword,
4145 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004146 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004147 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4148 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4149
4150 void *InsertPos = 0;
4151 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4152 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4153 if (!QTN) {
4154 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4155 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4156 }
4157
4158 return TemplateName(QTN);
4159}
4160
4161/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4162/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004163TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004164 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004166 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004167
4168 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4169 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4170
4171 void *InsertPos = 0;
4172 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4173 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4174
4175 if (QTN)
4176 return TemplateName(QTN);
4177
4178 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4179 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4180 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4181 } else {
4182 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4183 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004184 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4185 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4186 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4187 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004188 }
4189
4190 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4191 return TemplateName(QTN);
4192}
4193
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004194/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4195/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4196TemplateName
4197ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4198 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4199 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4200 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4201
4202 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4203 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4204
4205 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004206 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4207 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004208
4209 if (QTN)
4210 return TemplateName(QTN);
4211
4212 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4213 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4214 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4215 } else {
4216 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4217 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004218
4219 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4220 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4221 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4222 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004223 }
4224
4225 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4226 return TemplateName(QTN);
4227}
4228
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004229/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004230/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4231/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004232CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004233 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004234 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004235 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4236 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4237 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4238 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4239 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4240 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4241 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4242 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4243 }
4244
4245 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004246 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004247}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004248
4249//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4250// Type Predicates.
4251//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4252
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004253/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4254/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4255/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004256/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004257///
4258bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4259 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4260 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004261 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004262 return true;
4263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004264 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004265}
4266
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004267/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4268/// garbage collection attribute.
4269///
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004270Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4271 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004272 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4273 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004274 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004275 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004276 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004277 // as __strong.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004278 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d6298b2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004279 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004280 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004281 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004282 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004283 }
Fariborz Jahaniand381cde2009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004284 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4285 // set on them.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004286 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004287 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004288 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004289 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004290}
4291
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004292//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4293// Type Compatibility Testing
4294//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004295
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004296/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004297/// compatible.
4298static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4299 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004300 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004301 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004302 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004303}
4304
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004305bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4306 QualType SecondVec) {
4307 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4308 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4309
4310 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4311 return true;
4312
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004313 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4314 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004315 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4316 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004317 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004318 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004319 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4320 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4321 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4322 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004323 return true;
4324
4325 return false;
4326}
4327
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004328//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4329// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4330//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4331
4332/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4333/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004334bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4335 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004336 if (lProto == rProto)
4337 return true;
4338 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4339 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4340 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4341 return true;
4342 return false;
4343}
4344
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004345/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4346/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4347/// otherwise.
4348bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4349 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4350 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4351 return false;
4352}
4353
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004354/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4355/// Class<p1, ...>.
4356bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4357 QualType rhs) {
4358 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4359 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4360 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4361
4362 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4363 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4364 bool match = false;
4365 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4366 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4367 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4368 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4369 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4370 match = true;
4371 break;
4372 }
4373 }
4374 if (!match)
4375 return false;
4376 }
4377 return true;
4378}
4379
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004380/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4381/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4382bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4383 bool compare) {
4384 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004385 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004386 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4387 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004388 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004389 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4390 return true;
4391
4392 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004393 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004394
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004395 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004396
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004397 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004398 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004399 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4400 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4401 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4402 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4403 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4404 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4405 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004406 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004407 return false;
4408 }
4409 }
4410 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4411 return true;
4412 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004413 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004414 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4415 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4416 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4417 bool match = false;
4418
4419 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4420 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4421 // through its super class and categories.
4422 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4423 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4424 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4425 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4426 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4427 match = true;
4428 break;
4429 }
4430 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004431 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004432 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4433 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4434 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4435 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4436 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4437 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4438 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004439 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004440 match = true;
4441 break;
4442 }
4443 }
4444 }
4445 if (!match)
4446 return false;
4447 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004448
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004449 return true;
4450 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004451
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004452 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4453 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4454
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004455 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004456 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004457 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004458 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4459 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4460 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4461 bool match = false;
4462
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004463 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004464 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4465 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004466 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4467 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004468 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4469 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4470 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4471 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4472 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4473 match = true;
4474 break;
4475 }
4476 }
4477 if (!match)
4478 return false;
4479 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004480
4481 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4482 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4483 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4484 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4485 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4486 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4487 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4488 // assume that it is mismatch.
4489 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4490 return false;
4491 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4492 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4493 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4494 bool match = false;
4495 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4496 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4497 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4498 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4499 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4500 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4501 match = true;
4502 break;
4503 }
4504 }
4505 if (!match)
4506 return false;
4507 }
4508 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004509 return true;
4510 }
4511 return false;
4512}
4513
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004514/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004515/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4516/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4517///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004518bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4519 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004520 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4521 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4522
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004523 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004524 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4525 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004526 return true;
4527
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004528 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004529 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4530 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004531 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004532
4533 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4534 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4535 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4536
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004537 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4538 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004539 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004540
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004541 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004542}
4543
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004544/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4545/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4546/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4547/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4548/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4549bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4550 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4551 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004552 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004553 return true;
4554
4555 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4556 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4557 }
4558
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004559 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004560 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4561 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4562 false);
4563
4564 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4565 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4566 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4567 if (LHS != RHS) {
4568 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4569 return false;
4570 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4571 return true;
4572 }
4573 else
4574 return true;
4575 }
4576 return false;
4577}
4578
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004579/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4580/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4581/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4582/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4583static
4584void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4585 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4586 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4587 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4588
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004589 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4590 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4591 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4592 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004593
4594 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4595 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4596 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4597 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4598 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004599 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004600 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4601 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004602 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4603 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4604 }
4605
4606 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4607 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004608 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4609 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004610 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4611 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4612 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4613 }
4614 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004615 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004616 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4617 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004618 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4619 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4620 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4621 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4622 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004623 }
4624}
4625
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004626/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4627/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4628/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4629/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4630QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004631 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4632 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4633 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4634 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4635 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4636 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4637 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004638 return QualType();
4639
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004640 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4641 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004642 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004643 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4644 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4645
4646 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4647 if (!Protocols.empty())
4648 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4649 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4650 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004651 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004652 }
4653
4654 return QualType();
4655}
4656
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004657bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4658 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4659 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4660 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4661
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004662 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4663 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004664 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004665 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004666
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004667 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4668 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004669 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004670 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004671
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004672 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4673 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004674 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004675 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004676
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004677 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4678 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004679 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4680 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4681
4682 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4683 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004684 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4685 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004686 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4687 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004688 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004689 break;
4690 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004691 }
4692 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4693 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4694 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004695 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004696 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4697 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004698}
4699
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004700bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4701 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004702 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4703 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004705 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004706 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004707
4708 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4709 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004710}
4711
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004712bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4713 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4714 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4715 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4716}
4717
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004718/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004719/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004721/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004722bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4723 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4725 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4726
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004727 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004728}
4729
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004730bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4731 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4732}
4733
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004734/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4735/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4736/// QualType()
4737QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4738 bool OfBlockPointer,
4739 bool Unqualified) {
4740 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4741 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4742 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4743 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4744 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00004745 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004746 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4747 if (!MT.isNull())
4748 return MT;
4749 }
4750 }
4751 }
4752
4753 return QualType();
4754}
4755
4756/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
4757/// argument types
4758QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4759 bool OfBlockPointer,
4760 bool Unqualified) {
4761 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
4762 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
4763 // type is compatible with a union member
4764 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
4765 Unqualified);
4766 if (!lmerge.isNull())
4767 return lmerge;
4768
4769 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
4770 Unqualified);
4771 if (!rmerge.isNull())
4772 return rmerge;
4773
4774 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4775}
4776
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004777QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004778 bool OfBlockPointer,
4779 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004780 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4781 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004782 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4783 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004784 bool allLTypes = true;
4785 bool allRTypes = true;
4786
4787 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004788 QualType retType;
4789 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004790 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4791 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004792 else
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004793 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4794 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004795 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004796
4797 if (Unqualified)
4798 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4799
4800 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4801 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4802 if (Unqualified) {
4803 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4804 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4805 }
4806
4807 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004808 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004809 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004810 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004811 // FIXME: double check this
4812 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4813 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4814 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004815 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4816 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004817 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4818 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4819 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4820 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4821 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4822 allLTypes = false;
4823 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4824 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4825 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004826 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4827 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004828 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004829 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004830 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004831
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004832 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004833 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4834 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004835 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4836 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4837
4838 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4839 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4840 return QualType();
4841
4842 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4843 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4844 return QualType();
4845
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004846 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4847 return QualType();
4848
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004849 // Check argument compatibility
4850 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4851 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4852 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4853 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004854 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
4855 OfBlockPointer,
4856 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004857 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004858
4859 if (Unqualified)
4860 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4861
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004862 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004863 if (Unqualified) {
4864 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4865 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4866 }
4867
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004868 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4869 allLTypes = false;
4870 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4871 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004872 }
4873 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4874 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4875 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004876 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004877 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004878 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004879 }
4880
4881 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4882 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4883
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004884 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004885 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004886 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004887 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4888 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4889 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4890 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4891 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4892 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4893 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4894 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4895 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004896
4897 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4898 // to pass enum values.
4899 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4900 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4901
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004902 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4903 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4904 return QualType();
4905 }
4906
4907 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4908 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4909 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump21e0f892009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004910 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004911 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4912 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004913 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004914 }
4915
4916 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4917 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004918 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004919 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004920}
4921
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004922QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004923 bool OfBlockPointer,
4924 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004925 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4926 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4927 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004928 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4929 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004930 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4931 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004932
4933 if (Unqualified) {
4934 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4935 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4936 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004937
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004938 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4939 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4940
4941 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4942 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4943 return LHS;
4944
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004945 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004946 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4947 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004948 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4949 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4950 // mismatch.
4951 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4952 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4953 return QualType();
4954
4955 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4956 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4957 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4958 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4959 // qualified __strong.
4960 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4961 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4962 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4963
4964 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4965 return QualType();
4966
4967 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4968 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4969 }
4970 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4971 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4972 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004973 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004974 }
4975
4976 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004977
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004978 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4979 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004980
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004981 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4982 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4983 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4984 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004985
4986 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004987 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4988 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4989 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4990 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004991
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004992 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4993 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4994 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4995
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004996 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4997 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4998 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004999
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005000 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005001 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005002 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005003 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005004 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5005 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005006 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005007 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5008 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005009 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005010 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005011 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5012 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005013 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005014
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005015 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005016 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005017
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005018 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005019 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005020#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5021#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005022#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005023#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5024#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5025#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5026 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5027 return QualType();
5028
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005029 case Type::LValueReference:
5030 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005031 case Type::MemberPointer:
5032 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5033 return QualType();
5034
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005035 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005036 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5037 case Type::VariableArray:
5038 case Type::FunctionProto:
5039 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005040 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5041 return QualType();
5042
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005043 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005044 {
5045 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005046 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5047 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005048 if (Unqualified) {
5049 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5050 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5051 }
5052 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5053 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005054 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005055 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005056 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005057 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005058 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005059 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5060 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005061 case Type::BlockPointer:
5062 {
5063 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005064 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5065 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005066 if (Unqualified) {
5067 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5068 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5069 }
5070 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5071 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005072 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5073 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5074 return LHS;
5075 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5076 return RHS;
5077 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5078 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005079 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005080 {
5081 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5082 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5083 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5084 return QualType();
5085
5086 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5087 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005088 if (Unqualified) {
5089 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5090 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5091 }
5092
5093 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005094 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005095 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5096 return LHS;
5097 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5098 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005099 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5100 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5101 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5102 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005103 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5104 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005105 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5106 return LHS;
5107 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5108 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005109 if (LVAT) {
5110 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5111 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5112 // has to be different.
5113 return LHS;
5114 }
5115 if (RVAT) {
5116 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5117 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5118 // has to be different.
5119 return RHS;
5120 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005121 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5122 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005123 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5124 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005125 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005126 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005127 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005128 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005129 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005130 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005131 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005132 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005133 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005134 case Type::Complex:
5135 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5136 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005137 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005138 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005139 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5140 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005141 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005142 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005143 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5144 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005145 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5146 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005147 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5148 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5149 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005150 return LHS;
5151
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005152 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005153 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005154 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005155 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5156 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5157 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5158 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5159 return LHS;
5160 return QualType();
5161 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005162 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5163 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005164 return LHS;
5165
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005166 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005167 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005168 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005169
5170 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005171}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005172
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005173/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5174/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5175/// return types.
5176QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5177 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5178 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5179 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5180 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5181 return LHS;
5182 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5183 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5184 return QualType();
5185 QualType OldReturnType =
5186 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5187 QualType NewReturnType =
5188 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5189 QualType ResReturnType =
5190 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5191 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5192 return QualType();
5193 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5194 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5195 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5196 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5197 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5198 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5199 QualType ResultType
5200 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5201 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5202 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5203 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5204 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5205 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5206 FPT->exception_begin(),
5207 Info);
5208 return ResultType;
5209 }
5210 }
5211 return QualType();
5212 }
5213
5214 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5215 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5216 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5217 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5218 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5219 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5220 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5221 return QualType();
5222
5223 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5224 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5225 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5226 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5227 // qualified __strong.
5228 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5229 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5230 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5231
5232 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5233 return QualType();
5234
5235 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5236 return LHS;
5237 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5238 return RHS;
5239 return QualType();
5240 }
5241
5242 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5243 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5244 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5245 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5246 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5247 return LHS;
5248 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5249 return RHS;
5250 }
5251 return QualType();
5252}
5253
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005254//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005255// Integer Predicates
5256//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005257
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005258unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005259 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005260 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005261 if (T->isBooleanType())
5262 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005263 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005264 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5265}
5266
5267QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005268 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005269
5270 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5271 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5272 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005273 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005274
5275 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5276 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005277 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005278
5279 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5280 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005281 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5282 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5283 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5284 return UnsignedCharTy;
5285 case BuiltinType::Short:
5286 return UnsignedShortTy;
5287 case BuiltinType::Int:
5288 return UnsignedIntTy;
5289 case BuiltinType::Long:
5290 return UnsignedLongTy;
5291 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5292 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005293 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5294 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005295 default:
5296 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5297 return QualType();
5298 }
5299}
5300
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005301ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5302
5303void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005304
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005305ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5306
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005307
5308//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5309// Builtin Type Computation
5310//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5311
5312/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005313/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5314/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5315/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5316/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005317///
5318/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5319/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005320static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005321 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005322 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005323 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005324 // Modifiers.
5325 int HowLong = 0;
5326 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005327 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005328
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005329 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005330 bool Done = false;
5331 while (!Done) {
5332 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005333 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005334 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005335 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005336 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005337 case 'S':
5338 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5339 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5340 Signed = true;
5341 break;
5342 case 'U':
5343 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5344 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5345 Unsigned = true;
5346 break;
5347 case 'L':
5348 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5349 ++HowLong;
5350 break;
5351 }
5352 }
5353
5354 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005355
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005356 // Read the base type.
5357 switch (*Str++) {
5358 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5359 case 'v':
5360 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5361 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5362 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5363 break;
5364 case 'f':
5365 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5366 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5367 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5368 break;
5369 case 'd':
5370 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5371 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5372 if (HowLong)
5373 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5374 else
5375 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5376 break;
5377 case 's':
5378 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5379 if (Unsigned)
5380 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5381 else
5382 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5383 break;
5384 case 'i':
5385 if (HowLong == 3)
5386 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5387 else if (HowLong == 2)
5388 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5389 else if (HowLong == 1)
5390 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5391 else
5392 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5393 break;
5394 case 'c':
5395 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5396 if (Signed)
5397 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5398 else if (Unsigned)
5399 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5400 else
5401 Type = Context.CharTy;
5402 break;
5403 case 'b': // boolean
5404 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5405 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5406 break;
5407 case 'z': // size_t.
5408 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5409 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5410 break;
5411 case 'F':
5412 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5413 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005414 case 'G':
5415 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5416 break;
5417 case 'H':
5418 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5419 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005420 case 'a':
5421 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5422 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5423 break;
5424 case 'A':
5425 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5426 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5427 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5428 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5429 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5430 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5431 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5432 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5433 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5434 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005435 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005436 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005437 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005438 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005439 break;
5440 case 'V': {
5441 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005442 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5443 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005444 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005445
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005446 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5447 RequiresICE, false);
5448 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005449
5450 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005451 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005452 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005453 break;
5454 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005455 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005456 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5457 false);
5458 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005459 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5460 break;
5461 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005462 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005463 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5464 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005465 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005466 return QualType();
5467 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005468 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005469 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005470 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005471 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005472 else
5473 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5474
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005475 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005476 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005477 return QualType();
5478 }
5479 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005480 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005481
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005482 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5483 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005484 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005485 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005486 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5487 case '*':
5488 case '&': {
5489 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5490 // qualified with an address space.
5491 char *End;
5492 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5493 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5494 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5495 Str = End;
5496 }
5497 if (c == '*')
5498 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5499 else
5500 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5501 break;
5502 }
5503 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5504 case 'C':
5505 Type = Type.withConst();
5506 break;
5507 case 'D':
5508 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5509 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005510 }
5511 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005512
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005513 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005514 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005515
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005516 return Type;
5517}
5518
5519/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005520QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005521 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5522 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005523 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005524
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005525 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005526
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005527 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005528 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005529 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5530 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005531 if (Error != GE_None)
5532 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005533
5534 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5535
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005536 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005537 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005538 if (Error != GE_None)
5539 return QualType();
5540
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005541 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5542 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5543 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5544 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5545
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005546 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5547 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5548 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005549
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005550 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5551 }
5552
5553 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5554 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5555
5556 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5557 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5558 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005559
5560 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005561 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005562 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005563 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005564}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005565
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005566GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5567 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5568
5569 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5570 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5571 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5572 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5573
5574 switch (L) {
5575 case NoLinkage:
5576 case InternalLinkage:
5577 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5578 return GVA_Internal;
5579
5580 case ExternalLinkage:
5581 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5582 case TSK_Undeclared:
5583 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5584 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5585 break;
5586
5587 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5588 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5589
5590 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5591 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5592 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5593 break;
5594 }
5595 }
5596
5597 if (!FD->isInlined())
5598 return External;
5599
5600 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5601 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5602 // externally visible.
5603 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5604 return External;
5605
5606 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5607 return GVA_C99Inline;
5608 }
5609
5610 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5611 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5612 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5613 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5614 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5615 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5616 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5617 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5618 return GVA_C99Inline;
5619
5620 return GVA_CXXInline;
5621}
5622
5623GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5624 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5625 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5626 // template.
5627 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5628 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5629 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5630
5631 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5632 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5633 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5634 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5635
5636 switch (L) {
5637 case NoLinkage:
5638 case InternalLinkage:
5639 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5640 return GVA_Internal;
5641
5642 case ExternalLinkage:
5643 switch (TSK) {
5644 case TSK_Undeclared:
5645 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5646 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5647
5648 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5649 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5650 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5651
5652 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5653 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5654
5655 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5656 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5657 }
5658 }
5659
5660 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5661}
5662
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005663bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005664 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5665 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5666 return false;
5667 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5668 return false;
5669
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005670 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5671 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5672 return false;
5673
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005674 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5675 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5676 return true;
5677
5678 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5679 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5680 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5681 return false;
5682
5683 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5684 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5685 return true;
5686
5687 // The key function for a class is required.
5688 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5689 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5690 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5691 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5692 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5693 return true;
5694 }
5695 }
5696
5697 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5698
5699 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5700 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5701 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5702 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5703 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5704 return false;
5705 return true;
5706 }
5707
5708 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5709 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5710
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005711 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5712 return false;
5713
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005714 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5715
5716 // FIXME: Handle references.
5717 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5718 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005719 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5720 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005721 return true;
5722 }
5723 }
5724
5725 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5726 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5727 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5728 return false;
5729 }
5730
5731 return true;
5732}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005733
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00005734CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
5735 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5736 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
5737}
5738
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00005739bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
5740 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5741 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
5742}
5743
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005744CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}